RST,SHP:RST Series: High Voltage Output Power Supply , SHP Series: High Efficiency Digital Power Supply

45 products

MEAN WELL Ultra-High Power & High Voltage Solutions

3-Phase Portfolio: 7.5KW to 30KW | Digital Control | Active Parallel up to 360KW | 115V to 400V Output

  • Portfolio Overview
  • RST Series (7.5KW - 15KW)
  • SHP Series (10KW - 30KW)
  • Digital Control & Paralleling
  • Dimensions & Configurations

Powering Industrial Giants

The MEAN WELL RST-HV and SHP-HV series represent the pinnacle of ultra-high power, high-voltage AC/DC power supplies. Ranging from an impressive 7.5KW up to a staggering 30KW per unit, these power supplies are engineered specifically for heavy-duty 3-phase industrial grids.

Core Industrial Strengths

  • 3-Phase Input Ready: Broad compatibility with global heavy industrial grids. Supports 3-phase 3-wire ($\triangle$) or 3-phase 4-wire (Y) configurations depending on the specific model.
  • High-Voltage Outputs: Tailored for next-generation applications with robust high-voltage DC outputs including 55V, 115V, 230V, 380V, and specialized 400V models.
  • Extreme Efficiency: Advanced topologies guarantee high efficiency, peaking up to an exceptional 97% on the SHP-30K series.
  • Application Focus: Perfectly suited for EV charging stations, automation energy systems, UV/laser diode applications, electrolysis systems, and industrial burn-in/aging facilities.

RST-HV Series: 7.5KW & 15KW High-Voltage Power

The RST series delivers massive power density with a focus on reliability and standard heavy-industrial integration, offering excellent Programmable Voltage (PV) and Current (PC) tuning.

Model Series RST-7K5-HV RST-15K-HV
Rated Power 7500W (7.5KW) 15000W (15KW)
DC Voltages 115V, 230V, 380V 115V, 230V, 380V
AC Input Range 3φ 3W /△ :196~305VAC;3φ 4W / Y:340~530VAC 3φ 3W /△ :196~305VAC;3φ 4W / Y:340~530VAC
Efficiency (Max) Up to 95% Up to 94%
Parallel Function Active Current Sharing (Up to 4 units / 30KW) Active Current Sharing (Up to 2 units / 30KW)
Wide PV/PC Control: Output voltage can be adjusted between 1~120% (PV), and constant current limits can be adjusted between 20~100% (PC).

SHP-HV Series: 10KW & 30KW Digital High-Efficiency Power

The SHP series elevates industrial power to unprecedented levels. Not only does it hit massive 30KW single-unit outputs, but it also integrates advanced digital communication protocols and extreme parallel capabilities.

Model Series SHP-10K-HV SHP-30K-HV SHP-30K-400CP
Rated Power 10000W (10KW) 30000W (30KW) 30000W (30KW)
DC Voltages 55V, 115V, 230V, 380V 55V, 115V, 230V, 380V 400V (Specialized)
AC Input Range 3φ3W / 3φ4W:340~530VAC 3φ3W / 3φ4W:340~530VAC 3φ3W / 3φ4W:340~530VAC
Efficiency (Max) Up to 96.5% Up to 97% Up to 97%
Cooling Options Forced Air or Water Cooling Forced Air Forced Air
Note on SHP-30K-400CP: A specialized ultra-high voltage model engineered for specific grid, automotive EV testing, and electrolysis demands, providing a native 400V DC output.

Advanced Digital Control & Massive Paralleling

These units are designed to be the intelligent heart of automated systems, offering deep diagnostic and control features.

Communication & Diagnostics (SHP Series)

  • Digital Protocols: The SHP series supports optional factory-installed communication protocols to interface with central control hubs. Options include CANBus, PMBus, and MODBus-RTU/RS-485.
  • Programmable Control: Standard Programmable Voltage (PV) allows tuning from 50~120% of rated voltage. Programmable Current (PC) allows scaling from 20~100%.
  • Alarm Signals: Comprehensive remote monitoring signals including AC-Fail, DC-OK, Fan-Fail, and Over-Temperature (OTP) alarms.
  • Auxiliary Power: Features a built-in 12V @ 1.5A auxiliary output to power external control boards.

Massive Active Paralleling

  • SHP-10K: Current sharing capability supports up to 4 units in parallel, delivering a combined 40KW.
  • SHP-30K: Engineered for extreme-scale facilities, capable of paralleling up to 12 units (or more, consult manual), delivering a jaw-dropping 360KW of unified system power.

Dimensions & Ordering Configurations

Physical Dimensions (L * W * H)

  • RST-7K5-HV: 460 * 211 * 83.5 mm
  • RST-15K-HV: 540 * 424 * 83.5 mm
  • SHP-10K-HV (Air Cooled - Blank Type): 460 * 211 * 83.5 mm (Standard 2U height)
  • SHP-10K-HV (Water Cooled - L Type): 460 * 216 * 83.5 mm (Standard 2U height)
  • SHP-30K-HV / 400CP: 540 * 424 * 83.5 mm

SHP-10K-HV Configuration & Ordering Breakdown

Series Name Power Output Voltage Cooling Variant Protocol Variant (Optional)
SHP 10K 55 / 115 / 230 / 380 Blank: Forced Air
-L: Water Cooled
Blank: CANBus (Standard)
-PM: PMBus
-MOD: MODBus
Example: SHP-10K-115-L-PM designates a 10KW unit, 115V output, equipped with a water-cooling plate, and configured for PMBus communication.
  • SHP-30K-380-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-380-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-380-MOD is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 380 V factory output and a 30000 W maximum rating. It combines MODBus RTU / RS485 communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. The MODBus RTU / RS485 option is by request. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-380-MOD; MODBus RTU / RS485 communication. This optional configuration is by request. Factory output settings 380 V DC / 79 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 90 A / 30000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 334 to 400 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 260 to 400 V. Ripple and noise 2 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. The 30000 W maximum remains the power limit even when rounded factory voltage/current figures multiply to a slightly different value. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 97% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 47 A at 400 VAC; 39 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 16 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 420 to 480 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 30000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 334 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 4.37 V external input for 380 V output (113.7% on the chart). The current-envelope chart uses 167, 300.6, 334 and 400 V as its voltage marks. Current is 80% on the low-voltage plateau, steps to 100% at 300.6 V, remains at 100% through 334 V, and decreases to 83.3% at the upper endpoint. These are current-envelope percentages, not an increase of the maximum wattage. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 90 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: short these pins with a jumper for the 120-ohm communication termination specified for CANBus / MODBus. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: DATA-; 15/16: DATA+; 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the MODBus RTU / RS485 pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 50°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 3 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-230-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-230-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-230-MOD is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 230 V factory output and a 30000 W maximum rating. It combines MODBus RTU / RS485 communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. The MODBus RTU / RS485 option is by request. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-230-MOD; MODBus RTU / RS485 communication. This optional configuration is by request. Factory output settings 230 V DC / 130.5 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 139 A / 30000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 216 to 260 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 170 to 260 V. Ripple and noise 1.5 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. The 30000 W maximum remains the power limit even when rounded factory voltage/current figures multiply to a slightly different value. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 96.5% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 47 A at 400 VAC; 39 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 16 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 273 to 312 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 30000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 216 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 4 V external input for 230 V output (106.5% on the chart). The current-envelope chart uses 108, 194.4, 216 and 260 V as its voltage marks. Current is 80% on the low-voltage plateau, steps to 100% at 194.4 V, remains at 100% through 216 V, and decreases to 83.3% at the upper endpoint. These are current-envelope percentages, not an increase of the maximum wattage. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 139 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: short these pins with a jumper for the 120-ohm communication termination specified for CANBus / MODBus. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: DATA-; 15/16: DATA+; 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the MODBus RTU / RS485 pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 50°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 3 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-115-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-115-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-115-MOD is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 115 V factory output and a 30000 W maximum rating. It combines MODBus RTU / RS485 communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. The MODBus RTU / RS485 option is by request. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-115-MOD; MODBus RTU / RS485 communication. This optional configuration is by request. Factory output settings 115 V DC / 261 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 261 A / 30000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 115 to 138 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 90 to 138 V. Ripple and noise 1 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. The 30000 W maximum remains the power limit even when rounded factory voltage/current figures multiply to a slightly different value. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 96% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 47 A at 400 VAC; 39 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 16 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 145 to 166 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 30000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. The 115 V example uses 380 VAC input, 30000 W average/rated power, a 36000 W peak and a chosen 20% duty cycle. With a 5-second pulse, T is at least 25 seconds and non-peak power is at most 28500 W. The 20% example does not replace the general 35% maximum. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 115 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 3.64 V external input for 115 V output (100% on the chart). The current-envelope chart uses 57.5, 103.5, 115 and 138 V as its voltage marks. Current is 80% on the low-voltage plateau, steps to 100% at 103.5 V, remains at 100% through 115 V, and decreases to 83.3% at the upper endpoint. These are current-envelope percentages, not an increase of the maximum wattage. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 261 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: short these pins with a jumper for the 120-ohm communication termination specified for CANBus / MODBus. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: DATA-; 15/16: DATA+; 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the MODBus RTU / RS485 pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 50°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-55-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-55-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-55-MOD is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 55 V factory output and a 19000 W maximum rating. It combines MODBus RTU / RS485 communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. The MODBus RTU / RS485 option is by request. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-55-MOD; MODBus RTU / RS485 communication. This optional configuration is by request. Factory output settings 55 V DC / 346 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 346 A / 19000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 48 to 57.6 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 39 to 57.6 V. Ripple and noise 0.55 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. This 55 V version is rated 19000 W, despite the 30K family name, and the cover specifies double insulation for this voltage version only. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 95% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 30 A at 400 VAC; 25.2 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 20 ms at 400 VAC and 75% load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 60.5 to 69.1 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 19000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 48 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 4.41 V external input for 55 V output (114.5% on the chart). For the 55 V curve, current is limited to 80% from 24 V to just below 43.2 V, steps to 100% at 43.2 V, remains at 100% through 48 V and 55 V, and falls to 95.5% at 57.6 V. The 55 V branch must not be replaced by the other models' 83.3% endpoint. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 346 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: short these pins with a jumper for the 120-ohm communication termination specified for CANBus / MODBus. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: DATA-; 15/16: DATA+; 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the MODBus RTU / RS485 pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 45°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-380-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-380-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-380-PM is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 380 V factory output and a 30000 W maximum rating. It combines PMBus communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. The PMBus option is by request. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-380-PM; PMBus communication. This optional configuration is by request. Factory output settings 380 V DC / 79 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 90 A / 30000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 334 to 400 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 260 to 400 V. Ripple and noise 2 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. The 30000 W maximum remains the power limit even when rounded factory voltage/current figures multiply to a slightly different value. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 97% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 47 A at 400 VAC; 39 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 16 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 420 to 480 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 30000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 334 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 4.37 V external input for 380 V output (113.7% on the chart). The current-envelope chart uses 167, 300.6, 334 and 400 V as its voltage marks. Current is 80% on the low-voltage plateau, steps to 100% at 300.6 V, remains at 100% through 334 V, and decreases to 83.3% at the upper endpoint. These are current-envelope percentages, not an increase of the maximum wattage. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 90 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: the catalogue assigns the 120-ohm jumper termination to CANBus / MODBus; do not apply this instruction to the PMBus option. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: SCL (serial clock); 15/16: SDA (serial data); 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the PMBus pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 50°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 3 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-230-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-230-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-230-PM is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 230 V factory output and a 30000 W maximum rating. It combines PMBus communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. The PMBus option is by request. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-230-PM; PMBus communication. This optional configuration is by request. Factory output settings 230 V DC / 130.5 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 139 A / 30000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 216 to 260 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 170 to 260 V. Ripple and noise 1.5 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. The 30000 W maximum remains the power limit even when rounded factory voltage/current figures multiply to a slightly different value. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 96.5% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 47 A at 400 VAC; 39 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 16 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 273 to 312 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 30000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 216 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 4 V external input for 230 V output (106.5% on the chart). The current-envelope chart uses 108, 194.4, 216 and 260 V as its voltage marks. Current is 80% on the low-voltage plateau, steps to 100% at 194.4 V, remains at 100% through 216 V, and decreases to 83.3% at the upper endpoint. These are current-envelope percentages, not an increase of the maximum wattage. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 139 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: the catalogue assigns the 120-ohm jumper termination to CANBus / MODBus; do not apply this instruction to the PMBus option. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: SCL (serial clock); 15/16: SDA (serial data); 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the PMBus pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 50°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 3 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-115-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-115-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-115-PM is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 115 V factory output and a 30000 W maximum rating. It combines PMBus communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. The PMBus option is by request. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-115-PM; PMBus communication. This optional configuration is by request. Factory output settings 115 V DC / 261 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 261 A / 30000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 115 to 138 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 90 to 138 V. Ripple and noise 1 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. The 30000 W maximum remains the power limit even when rounded factory voltage/current figures multiply to a slightly different value. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 96% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 47 A at 400 VAC; 39 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 16 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 145 to 166 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 30000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. The 115 V example uses 380 VAC input, 30000 W average/rated power, a 36000 W peak and a chosen 20% duty cycle. With a 5-second pulse, T is at least 25 seconds and non-peak power is at most 28500 W. The 20% example does not replace the general 35% maximum. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 115 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 3.64 V external input for 115 V output (100% on the chart). The current-envelope chart uses 57.5, 103.5, 115 and 138 V as its voltage marks. Current is 80% on the low-voltage plateau, steps to 100% at 103.5 V, remains at 100% through 115 V, and decreases to 83.3% at the upper endpoint. These are current-envelope percentages, not an increase of the maximum wattage. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 261 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: the catalogue assigns the 120-ohm jumper termination to CANBus / MODBus; do not apply this instruction to the PMBus option. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: SCL (serial clock); 15/16: SDA (serial data); 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the PMBus pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 50°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-55-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-55-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-55-PM is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 55 V factory output and a 19000 W maximum rating. It combines PMBus communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. The PMBus option is by request. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-55-PM; PMBus communication. This optional configuration is by request. Factory output settings 55 V DC / 346 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 346 A / 19000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 48 to 57.6 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 39 to 57.6 V. Ripple and noise 0.55 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. This 55 V version is rated 19000 W, despite the 30K family name, and the cover specifies double insulation for this voltage version only. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 95% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 30 A at 400 VAC; 25.2 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 20 ms at 400 VAC and 75% load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 60.5 to 69.1 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 19000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 48 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 4.41 V external input for 55 V output (114.5% on the chart). For the 55 V curve, current is limited to 80% from 24 V to just below 43.2 V, steps to 100% at 43.2 V, remains at 100% through 48 V and 55 V, and falls to 95.5% at 57.6 V. The 55 V branch must not be replaced by the other models' 83.3% endpoint. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 346 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: the catalogue assigns the 120-ohm jumper termination to CANBus / MODBus; do not apply this instruction to the PMBus option. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: SCL (serial clock); 15/16: SDA (serial data); 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the PMBus pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 45°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-380

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-380

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-380 is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 380 V factory output and a 30000 W maximum rating. It combines CANBus communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. CANBus is the standard communication configuration. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-380; CANBus communication. Standard catalogue communication configuration. Factory output settings 380 V DC / 79 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 90 A / 30000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 334 to 400 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 260 to 400 V. Ripple and noise 2 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. The 30000 W maximum remains the power limit even when rounded factory voltage/current figures multiply to a slightly different value. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 97% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 47 A at 400 VAC; 39 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 16 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 420 to 480 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 30000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 334 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 4.37 V external input for 380 V output (113.7% on the chart). The current-envelope chart uses 167, 300.6, 334 and 400 V as its voltage marks. Current is 80% on the low-voltage plateau, steps to 100% at 300.6 V, remains at 100% through 334 V, and decreases to 83.3% at the upper endpoint. These are current-envelope percentages, not an increase of the maximum wattage. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 90 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: short these pins with a jumper for the 120-ohm communication termination specified for CANBus / MODBus. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: CANL; 15/16: CANH; 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the CANBus pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 50°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 3 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-230

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-230

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-230 is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 230 V factory output and a 30000 W maximum rating. It combines CANBus communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. CANBus is the standard communication configuration. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-230; CANBus communication. Standard catalogue communication configuration. Factory output settings 230 V DC / 130.5 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 139 A / 30000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 216 to 260 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 170 to 260 V. Ripple and noise 1.5 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. The 30000 W maximum remains the power limit even when rounded factory voltage/current figures multiply to a slightly different value. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 96.5% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 47 A at 400 VAC; 39 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 16 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 273 to 312 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 30000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 216 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 4 V external input for 230 V output (106.5% on the chart). The current-envelope chart uses 108, 194.4, 216 and 260 V as its voltage marks. Current is 80% on the low-voltage plateau, steps to 100% at 194.4 V, remains at 100% through 216 V, and decreases to 83.3% at the upper endpoint. These are current-envelope percentages, not an increase of the maximum wattage. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 139 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: short these pins with a jumper for the 120-ohm communication termination specified for CANBus / MODBus. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: CANL; 15/16: CANH; 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the CANBus pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 50°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 3 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-115

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-115

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-115 is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 115 V factory output and a 30000 W maximum rating. It combines CANBus communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. CANBus is the standard communication configuration. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-115; CANBus communication. Standard catalogue communication configuration. Factory output settings 115 V DC / 261 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 261 A / 30000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 115 to 138 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 90 to 138 V. Ripple and noise 1 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. The 30000 W maximum remains the power limit even when rounded factory voltage/current figures multiply to a slightly different value. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 96% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 47 A at 400 VAC; 39 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 16 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 145 to 166 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 30000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. The 115 V example uses 380 VAC input, 30000 W average/rated power, a 36000 W peak and a chosen 20% duty cycle. With a 5-second pulse, T is at least 25 seconds and non-peak power is at most 28500 W. The 20% example does not replace the general 35% maximum. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 115 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 3.64 V external input for 115 V output (100% on the chart). The current-envelope chart uses 57.5, 103.5, 115 and 138 V as its voltage marks. Current is 80% on the low-voltage plateau, steps to 100% at 103.5 V, remains at 100% through 115 V, and decreases to 83.3% at the upper endpoint. These are current-envelope percentages, not an increase of the maximum wattage. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 261 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: short these pins with a jumper for the 120-ohm communication termination specified for CANBus / MODBus. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: CANL; 15/16: CANH; 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the CANBus pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 50°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-30K-55

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV series: Programmable Three-Phase AC/DC Power Supply - SHP-30K-55

    MEAN WELL SHP-30K-55 is a forced-air-cooled, 2U three-phase AC/DC power supply with active PFC, 55 V factory output and a 19000 W maximum rating. It combines CANBus communication with analog voltage/current programming, remote ON/OFF, alarms and active current sharing. CANBus is the standard communication configuration. Size and power limits must be matched to the input supply, programmed output and cooling conditions. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-30K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-30K-HV section is on PDF pages 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and Output Ratings Complete model / configuration SHP-30K-55; CANBus communication. Standard catalogue communication configuration. Factory output settings 55 V DC / 346 A. Current range / maximum rated power 0 to 346 A / 19000 W. Observe voltage, current, power and derating limits together. Catalogue full-power voltage band 48 to 57.6 V; available current changes with the programmed output and operating conditions. Built-in potentiometer adjustment 39 to 57.6 V. Ripple and noise 0.55 Vp-p maximum. Tolerance / regulation Voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. SHP identifies the high-power series; 30K is the power class, followed by the nominal voltage and communication suffix. This 55 V version is rated 19000 W, despite the 30K family name, and the cover specifies double insulation for this voltage version only. Unless otherwise specified, ratings use 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. Ripple/noise is measured at 20 MHz bandwidth with a 12-inch twisted pair terminated by parallel 0.1 uF and 47 uF capacitors. Tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Input, Efficiency and Timing AC supply Three-phase, 3-wire or 4-wire, 340 to 530 VAC; 47 to 63 Hz. Typical efficiency 95% at 75% load and 480 VAC. Typical power factor At least 0.98 at 400 / 480 VAC, full load. Typical input current 30 A at 400 VAC; 25.2 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush / leakage Inrush: 60 A at 400 VAC / 80 A at 480 VAC. Leakage: <14 mA peak and <9 mA rms at 530 VAC. Startup / rise / hold-up Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load; typical hold-up 20 ms at 400 VAC and 75% load. Connect R, S and T to L1, L2 and L3, and connect protective earth to FG. The catalogue shows delta 3-wire, star 3-wire and star 4-wire systems; the star-system neutral is not connected to this power supply. The voltage range is line-to-line. These diagrams do not establish single-phase or DC-input operation. The 60 Hz static curve permits approximately 90% rated load at 340 VAC, increasing to 100% at 380 VAC and remaining at 100% through 530 VAC. Apply temperature and output-programming limits at the same time. The published efficiency/load graph is specifically the 380 V output model at 480 VAC input and 380 VDC output; it is not a DC-input rating for this family. PFC and PWM block-diagram frequencies are 80 kHz and 90 kHz. Protection and Short-Duration Peak Operation Overload Output power above 105% rated for more than 5 seconds shuts down the output; re-power to recover. The protection specification also states constant-current limiting above 120% rated power for more than 5 seconds, followed by shutdown and re-power recovery. Overvoltage 60.5 to 69.1 V; output shutdown, re-power to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown; automatic recovery after temperature decreases. Short-circuit protection is listed on the cover. The overload statements are protective thresholds, not permission for unlimited overload; obey the separate peak-duration, duty-cycle and average-power limits. The peak curve permits up to 120% of the 19000 W rating at 380 to 530 VAC, reduced to about 110% at 340 VAC. Each peak t is at most 5 seconds, duty t/T is at most 35%, and average power [Ppk × t + Pnpk × (T − t)] / T must not exceed the rated power. All input, temperature and output-current limits also apply. Voltage and Current Programming DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF is the default built-in SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming (PV). Apply the external control between CN53 pins 3/4 (PV+) and pin 2 (−V Signal 2). The drawing shows a 0 to 5 V control source. The specified output programming range is 50% to 120%; the curve is nonlinear, so do not assume a single linear voltage conversion. For this model the chart defines 100% output voltage as 48 V. It marks 50% at 1 V external input and 120% at 4.7 V. The plotted factory-output control point is 4.41 V external input for 55 V output (114.5% on the chart). For the 55 V curve, current is limited to 80% from 24 V to just below 43.2 V, steps to 100% at 43.2 V, remains at 100% through 48 V and 55 V, and falls to 95.5% at 57.6 V. The 55 V branch must not be replaced by the other models' 83.3% endpoint. DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF is default overload-protection mode; ON selects external current programming (PC). Connect CN53 pins 5/6 (PC+) to the external source and use pin 2 (−V Signal 2) as reference. The drawing uses a 0 to 5 V control source; the specified current setting is 1% to 100%, not unrestricted overcurrent. PC 100% corresponds to 346 A for this model. The graph marks 1% at 0.047 V and 100% at 4.7 V; the curve is nonlinear. At output power below 10 kW, operation can become unstable or enter burst mode; increasing load can improve this. A current setting below 20% (control input below 1 V) can increase current ripple. The PC/communication thermal-current chart defines T1 as the full-power operating ambient for the applicable cooling/input conditions and T2 = T1 + 5°C. The permitted current drops nonlinearly from 100% to 50% between these points. Use this limit together with the general ambient derating curve. PV adjustment can cause ripple to exceed the tabulated value under some conditions. Light load can also raise output ripple; increasing load minimizes that behavior. CN53 control signals are non-isolated. Its signal-return pins must never carry the load current. Parallel Operation and System Options Active sharing supports up to 12 units under the published derating rules; consult MEAN WELL for larger systems. The supply with the highest output voltage acts as master and determines the common bus voltage. Use short, large-gauge output conductors and twisted pairs for long parallel-control wiring. For up to four parallel units, maximum shared current is rated current × number of units × 0.95. For five to twelve units, the factor is [0.95 − (number of units − 4) × 0.02], giving 0.79 at twelve units. Apply the individual power and operating limits as well; the un-derated sum of nameplate power is not the permitted continuous system rating. Interconnect CN53 pin 1 (−V Signal 1), pins 7/8 (DB) and pins 9/10 (DA) between supplies. The parallel wiring table places DIP-SW1 position 1 ON at the two end units and OFF at intermediate units; with two units, both are ON. For standalone/non-parallel operation, the function section specifies position 1 OFF. Sharing may become unbalanced when the total load is below 5% of the sum of rated output currents. Ripple can be higher under light parallel load and returns to the stated normal behavior above 5% load. The catalogue illustrates a 30U system with twelve 30 kW supplies, an AC breaker, input/output terminals, an RJ45 port and a CMU2 smart controller. Its approximately 285 kW label is a rounded system example: 12 × 30 kW × 0.79 = 284.4 kW. It is not the capacity of twelve 19 kW / 55 V units. The example cabinet is 450 × 750 × 1579 mm; these are not power-supply dimensions. CMU2 is an application-reference controller, not a claim of included equipment or plug-and-play compatibility with every communication option. Remote Control, Auxiliary Outputs and Indicators Remote ON/OFF uses CN86 pin 3 and pin 4 (+5V-AUX): a dry-contact short, 4.5 to 5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0 to 0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum control input is 5.5 V. The 4.5 to 5.5 V auxiliary source is only for remote control and is not switched off by remote OFF. The separate CN86 pins 17/18 supply +12V-AUX, 11.4 to 12.6 V, up to 1.5 A; return is pins 19/20. Its specification is 12 V ±5%, 150 mVp-p ripple, and it remains available during remote OFF. Do not confuse this with the remote-control-only +5V-AUX. Green LED1 indicates acceptable output voltage; red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. The isolated alarm interface is referenced to GND-AUX. Each alarm output has a maximum sourcing current of 10 mA and is output-only. T-ALARM (pin 5) is high, 3.5 to 5.5 V, above the temperature-alarm threshold and low, −0.5 to +0.5 V, at normal temperature. Fan Fail (pin 7) uses the same high/low levels for failed/normal fan operation. DC-OK (pin 9) is high when output is at or below 80% ±6% and low when at or above 80% ±6%. Minimize cable voltage drop to avoid DC-OK mis-triggering. AC-OK (pin 11) has the opposite normal polarity: high at AC input at or above 335 VAC ±1.5%, normal operation; low at or below 320 VAC ±1.5%, shutdown. Alarm returns are CN86 pins 6/8/10/12; pins 19/20 are also GND-AUX. The detailed thresholds govern interpretation; a generic high-means-OK rule does not apply to all signals. Control Connectors and Compatible Mating Parts CN53 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-10DP-2DS / HRS DF11-10DS, or equivalent; one 10-position control connector. CN53 pins 1 / 2 1: −V Signal 1, parallel function only. 2: −V Signal 2, PV/PC and function reference. Neither may connect directly as a load-current return. CN53 pins 3–10 3/4: PV+; 5/6: PC+; 7/8: DB; 9/10: DA. Non-isolated signals referenced to −V Signal 2. CN86 connector / mating housing HRS DF11-20DP-2DS / HRS DF11-20DS, or equivalent; one 20-position control/communication connector. CN86 pins 1/2 RL: short these pins with a jumper for the 120-ohm communication termination specified for CANBus / MODBus. CN86 pins 3–12 3: Remote ON/OFF; 4: +5V-AUX; 5: T-ALARM; 6/8/10/12: GND-AUX; 7: Fan Fail; 9: DC-OK; 11: AC-OK. CN86 pins 13–20 13/14: CANL; 15/16: CANH; 17/18: +12V-AUX; 19/20: GND-AUX. Use the CANBus pin functions of this exact configuration. The catalogue prints contact family HRS DF11-**SC (or equivalent) for both housings. The ** is an unspecified suffix, not a complete contact order code; select the correct wire-size/contact variant before ordering. One mating housing serves each connector; populate contacts as required by the selected wiring. The catalogue does not state that mating housings, contacts, jumpers or system accessories are supplied with the power supply. CN86 signals are isolated and referenced to GND-AUX, which is isolated from the main +V / −V output. SW51 and SW52 set the interface address for the configured protocol; consult the communication manual for addressing. They are not identified here as voltage-adjustment controls. Cooling, Environment and Reliability Cooling / working ambient Forced-air cooling; −30 to +70°C with derating. In horizontal installation, 100% rated load extends through 45°C, then decreases to 50% at 70°C. Humidity / storage Operating: 20 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C, 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient / vibration ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10 to 500 Hz, 2G, 10 min/cycle, 60 min each on X, Y and Z. MTBF / warranty 188.1K hours minimum, Telcordia SR-332; 20.9K hours minimum, MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Manufacturer datasheet: 5-year warranty. Keep the fan intake and discharge paths clear and follow the airflow direction and mounting orientation shown in the mechanical drawing. This SHP-30K is the forced-air model; water cooling options printed for other families do not define this product. For operation above 2000 m (6500 ft), the catalogue specifies a 5°C ambient-temperature reduction per additional 1000 m for fan-cooled models. This is an altitude derating rule, not an independently stated maximum operating altitude. Dimensions, Installation and Weight Body / rack form 540 × 424 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), 2U / 19-inch rack format; case 234B. Mechanical drawing tolerance ±0.5 mm. Mounting M4 threaded mounting positions; maximum screw penetration 5 mm, recommended mounting torque 7 to 10 kgf-cm. Follow the side and bottom hole patterns in the drawing. AC terminal TB1 Pin 1: AC/L1; pin 2: AC/L2; pin 3: AC/L3. Maximum mounting torque 18 kgf-cm; connect FG protective earth. Single-unit catalogue weight 23.4 kg (23400 g), packing reference per unit. The catalogue packing line is 1 pc / 23.4 kg / 2.82 CUFT; this is not a measured shipping weight. The rack-flange width is 483.6 mm with 466.1 mm mounting-hole center spacing. The drawing shows bottom mounting offsets including 433.9 × 331.6 mm and separate side-hole references; use the complete dimension drawing for installation. The output bars project up to 40 mm and are 3 mm thick, with Ø8.5 and M4 attachment features; do not confuse their dimensions with the AC-side projections. Screw A must be temporarily removed for withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance testing, then refitted after testing. For detailed mounting locations, terminal clearances and drawings, use the linked catalogue pages 52–54. Safety, EMC and Test Conditions The datasheet lists UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 approvals. Approval applicability to a delivered configuration must follow its actual certification and installation conditions. Withstand voltage: input–output 4.25 kVAC, input–FG 3 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation resistance: input–output, input–FG and output–FG, 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH. Observe the Screw A test instruction. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) / EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-12; voltage flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-11. Immunity references are EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity details: EN61000-4-2 ESD, 8 kV air Level 3 and 4 kV contact Level 2; EN61000-4-3 radiated, -4-4 EFT/burst and -4-6 conducted, Level 3; -4-8 magnetic field, Level 4. Surge EN61000-4-5: 4 kV line–earth Level 4 and 2 kV line–line Level 3. Dips/interruptions EN61000-4-34: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods and >95% interruption for 250 periods. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate. The power supply is an equipment component; the completed equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Catalogue pages 41–54, SHP-30K-HV revision 2024-10-17, provide the model-specific specifications and drawings.

    $23,972.08

  • SHP-10K-380L-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-380L-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-380L-MOD is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with MODBus-RTU/RS-485 and water cooling (L type). It has a 380 V, 26.3 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 10000 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-380L-MOD Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 380 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); MODBus-RTU/RS-485 is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -MOD as available by request. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 380 V DC; 26.3 A. Maximum rated power and current range 10000 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–30 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 334–400 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 260–400 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 1 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 20 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 96.5% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 15.7 A at 400 VAC; 13 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 420–480 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 380 V version to 50°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +40°C, decreasing to 25% at +50°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 334 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 167 and 400 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 380 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 300.6 V, then 100% from 300.6 to 334 V, falling to 83.3% at 400 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 30 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry DATA- and DATA+, respectively, for this MODBus-RTU/RS-485 configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators MODBus-RTU/RS-485 is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -MOD as available by request. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,498.34

  • SHP-10K-230L-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-230L-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-230L-MOD is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with MODBus-RTU/RS-485 and water cooling (L type). It has a 230 V, 43.5 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 10000 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-230L-MOD Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 230 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); MODBus-RTU/RS-485 is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -MOD as available by request. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 230 V DC; 43.5 A. Maximum rated power and current range 10000 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–46.3 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 216–260 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 170–260 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 1 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 20 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 96.5% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 15.7 A at 400 VAC; 13 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 273–312 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 230 V version to 50°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +40°C, decreasing to 25% at +50°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 216 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 108 and 260 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 230 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 194.4 V, then 100% from 194.4 to 216 V, falling to 83.3% at 260 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 46.3 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry DATA- and DATA+, respectively, for this MODBus-RTU/RS-485 configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators MODBus-RTU/RS-485 is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -MOD as available by request. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,832.50

  • SHP-10K-115L-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-115L-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-115L-MOD is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with MODBus-RTU/RS-485 and water cooling (L type). It has a 115 V, 87 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 10000 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-115L-MOD Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 115 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); MODBus-RTU/RS-485 is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -MOD as available by request. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 115 V DC; 87 A. Maximum rated power and current range 10000 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–87 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 115–138 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 90–138 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 0.6 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 20 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 96% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 15.7 A at 400 VAC; 13 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 145–166 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 115 V version to 50°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +40°C, decreasing to 25% at +50°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 115 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 57.5 and 138 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 115 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 103.5 V, then 100% from 103.5 to 115 V, falling to 83.3% at 138 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 87 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry DATA- and DATA+, respectively, for this MODBus-RTU/RS-485 configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators MODBus-RTU/RS-485 is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -MOD as available by request. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,832.50

  • SHP-10K-55L-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-55L-MOD

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-55L-MOD is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with MODBus-RTU/RS-485 and water cooling (L type). It has a 55 V, 131 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 7200 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-55L-MOD Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 55 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); MODBus-RTU/RS-485 is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -MOD as available by request. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 55 V DC; 131 A. Maximum rated power and current range 7200 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–150 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 48–57.6 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 39–57.6 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 0.3 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 25 ms at 400 VAC and 75% load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 94.5% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 11.2 A at 400 VAC; 9.5 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 60.5–69.1 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 55 V version to 60°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +50°C, decreasing to 25% at +55°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 48 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 24 and 57.6 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 55 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 43.2 V, then 100% from 43.2 to 48 V, falling to 83.3% at 57.6 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 150 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry DATA- and DATA+, respectively, for this MODBus-RTU/RS-485 configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators MODBus-RTU/RS-485 is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -MOD as available by request. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,498.34

  • SHP-10K-380L-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-380L-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-380L-PM is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with PMBus and water cooling (L type). It has a 380 V, 26.3 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 10000 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-380L-PM Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 380 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); PMBus is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -PM as available by request. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 380 V DC; 26.3 A. Maximum rated power and current range 10000 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–30 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 334–400 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 260–400 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 1 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 20 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 96.5% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 15.7 A at 400 VAC; 13 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 420–480 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 380 V version to 50°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +40°C, decreasing to 25% at +50°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 334 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 167 and 400 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 380 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 300.6 V, then 100% from 300.6 to 334 V, falling to 83.3% at 400 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 30 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry SCL and SDA, respectively, for this PMBus configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators PMBus is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -PM as available by request. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,498.34

  • SHP-10K-230L-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-230L-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-230L-PM is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with PMBus and water cooling (L type). It has a 230 V, 43.5 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 10000 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-230L-PM Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 230 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); PMBus is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -PM as available by request. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 230 V DC; 43.5 A. Maximum rated power and current range 10000 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–46.3 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 216–260 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 170–260 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 1 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 20 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 96.5% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 15.7 A at 400 VAC; 13 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 273–312 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 230 V version to 50°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +40°C, decreasing to 25% at +50°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 216 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 108 and 260 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 230 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 194.4 V, then 100% from 194.4 to 216 V, falling to 83.3% at 260 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 46.3 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry SCL and SDA, respectively, for this PMBus configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators PMBus is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -PM as available by request. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,832.50

  • SHP-10K-115L-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-115L-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-115L-PM is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with PMBus and water cooling (L type). It has a 115 V, 87 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 10000 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-115L-PM Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 115 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); PMBus is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -PM as available by request. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 115 V DC; 87 A. Maximum rated power and current range 10000 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–87 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 115–138 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 90–138 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 0.6 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 20 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 96% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 15.7 A at 400 VAC; 13 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 145–166 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 115 V version to 50°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +40°C, decreasing to 25% at +50°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 115 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 57.5 and 138 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 115 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 103.5 V, then 100% from 103.5 to 115 V, falling to 83.3% at 138 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 87 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry SCL and SDA, respectively, for this PMBus configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators PMBus is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -PM as available by request. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,832.50

  • SHP-10K-55L-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-55L-PM

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-55L-PM is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with PMBus and water cooling (L type). It has a 55 V, 131 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 7200 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-55L-PM Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 55 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); PMBus is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -PM as available by request. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 55 V DC; 131 A. Maximum rated power and current range 7200 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–150 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 48–57.6 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 39–57.6 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 0.3 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 25 ms at 400 VAC and 75% load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 94.5% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 11.2 A at 400 VAC; 9.5 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 60.5–69.1 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 55 V version to 60°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +50°C, decreasing to 25% at +55°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 48 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 24 and 57.6 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 55 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 43.2 V, then 100% from 43.2 to 48 V, falling to 83.3% at 57.6 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 150 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry SCL and SDA, respectively, for this PMBus configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators PMBus is the selected communication option; the catalogue lists -PM as available by request. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,498.34

  • SHP-10K-380L

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-380L

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-380L is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with CANBus and water cooling (L type). It has a 380 V, 26.3 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 10000 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-380L Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 380 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); Standard CANBus communication. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 380 V DC; 26.3 A. Maximum rated power and current range 10000 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–30 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 334–400 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 260–400 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 1 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 20 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 96.5% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 15.7 A at 400 VAC; 13 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 420–480 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 380 V version to 50°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +40°C, decreasing to 25% at +50°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 334 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 167 and 400 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 380 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 300.6 V, then 100% from 300.6 to 334 V, falling to 83.3% at 400 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 30 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry CANL and CANH, respectively, for this CANBus configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators Standard CANBus communication. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,498.34

  • SHP-10K-230L

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-230L

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-230L is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with CANBus and water cooling (L type). It has a 230 V, 43.5 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 10000 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-230L Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 230 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); Standard CANBus communication. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 230 V DC; 43.5 A. Maximum rated power and current range 10000 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–46.3 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 216–260 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 170–260 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 1 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 20 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 96.5% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 15.7 A at 400 VAC; 13 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 273–312 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 230 V version to 50°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +40°C, decreasing to 25% at +50°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 216 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 108 and 260 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 230 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 194.4 V, then 100% from 194.4 to 216 V, falling to 83.3% at 260 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 46.3 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry CANL and CANH, respectively, for this CANBus configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators Standard CANBus communication. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,832.50

  • SHP-10K-115L

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-115L

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-115L is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with CANBus and water cooling (L type). It has a 115 V, 87 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 10000 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-115L Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 115 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); Standard CANBus communication. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 115 V DC; 87 A. Maximum rated power and current range 10000 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–87 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 115–138 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 90–138 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 0.6 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 20 ms at 400 VAC and full load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 96% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 15.7 A at 400 VAC; 13 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 145–166 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 115 V version to 50°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +40°C, decreasing to 25% at +50°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 115 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 57.5 and 138 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 115 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 103.5 V, then 100% from 103.5 to 115 V, falling to 83.3% at 138 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 87 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry CANL and CANH, respectively, for this CANBus configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators Standard CANBus communication. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,832.50

  • SHP-10K-55L

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV series: programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply - SHP-10K-55L

    MEAN WELL SHP-10K-55L is a programmable three-phase AC/DC power supply with CANBus and water cooling (L type). It has a 55 V, 131 A factory setting and a catalogue-rated maximum of 7200 W; usable output depends on voltage, current and cooling limits. Product Datasheet Download MEAN WELL SHP-10K-HV Datasheet (PDF) The SHP-10K-HV section is on PDF pages 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40. Refer to the complete mechanical drawings and notes when planning installation. Model and selected configuration Complete model SHP-10K-55L Series and output code SHP-10K-HV programmable AC/DC power supply; 55 denotes the factory-default output voltage. The 10K family name is not a guarantee of 10000 W for every voltage version. Cooling and communication Water cooling (l type); Standard CANBus communication. The manufacturer lists a 5-year warranty for this series; this is a datasheet statement, not an additional seller warranty or a promise of stock. Output ratings Factory-default output 55 V DC; 131 A. Maximum rated power and current range 7200 W catalogue-rated maximum; current range 0–150 A. Observe the voltage-dependent current limit and maximum power together. Full-power voltage / local adjustment Full-power voltage range 48–57.6 V; built-in potentiometer adjustment 39–57.6 V. Ripple and noise / regulation 0.3 Vp-p maximum; voltage tolerance ±1.0%; line regulation ±0.5%; load regulation ±0.5%. Timing Setup 3000 ms and rise 100 ms at full load. Typical hold-up: 25 ms at 400 VAC and 75% load. Factory-default voltage and current are separately rounded catalogue entries; the permitted load must also remain within the printed maximum power and applicable derating curves. Ripple is measured with 20 MHz bandwidth using a 12-inch twisted pair terminated with parallel 0.1 µF and 47 µF capacitors. Voltage tolerance includes setup, line and load regulation. Three-phase input Supply and frequency 340–530 VAC, 47–63 Hz: three-phase 3-wire delta or Y, or three-phase 4-wire Y. Neutral is not required. Typical efficiency / power factor 94.5% efficiency at 480 VAC; power factor ≥0.98 at 400/480 VAC and full load. Typical AC current / inrush 11.2 A at 400 VAC; 9.5 A at 480 VAC. Typical inrush: 40 A at 400 VAC; 65 A at 480 VAC. Leakage and input curve Leakage current <6.5 mA peak at 530 VAC. The 60 Hz static-characteristics graph shows 100% load over 340–530 VAC, subject to the other operating limits. Connect R/S/T to L1/L2/L3 and protective earth to FG as shown in the three-phase diagrams. TB1: pin 1 FG, pin 2 AC/L1, pin 3 AC/L2, pin 4 AC/L3; maximum terminal mounting torque 18 kgf·cm. The four-wire Y drawing leaves neutral unconnected. Protection and operating limits Overload and short circuit Short-circuit protection is listed. Overload operates at 100–105% of rated output current with constant-current limiting; the unit shuts down after 5 seconds. Reapply power to recover. Overvoltage 60.5–69.1 V; output shutdown, followed by power recycling to recover. Overtemperature Output shutdown with automatic recovery after temperature falls. Observe the separate PC/communication thermal derating and cooling requirements. Cooling and environmental limits Working temperature −30 to +70°C with derating; working humidity 20–90% RH, non-condensing. Storage: −40 to +85°C and 10–95% RH, non-condensing. Temperature coefficient ±0.03%/°C from 0 to 50°C. Vibration: 10–500 Hz, 2 G, 10 minutes per cycle, 60 minutes each along X, Y and Z. The horizontal ambient-temperature graph permits 100% load from −30 to +50°C, then decreases to 50% at +70°C. It does not permit full power throughout the entire working-temperature range. The water-cooled case-temperature graph separately limits this 55 V version to 60°C at the marked Tcase point. Keep both case and ambient conditions within their curves. For the alternative L-type arrangement with two 85 CFM fans, the curve permits only 50% load from −30 to +50°C, decreasing to 25% at +55°C. Place the fans 100 mm from the end shown and direct air toward the unit. This is a derated external-fan arrangement, not the standard forced-air model rating. Above 2000 m, the datasheet reduces permissible ambient temperature by 3.5°C per additional 1000 m for fanless models, or 5°C per 1000 m for models with a fan. Apply the rule for the installed cooling arrangement. Output-voltage programming Local control / PV selection DIP-SW1 position 3 OFF selects local SVR adjustment; ON selects external voltage programming through CN53. PV range and reference External control 0–5 V DC between CN53 PV+ (pins 3/4) and −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The plotted working range is 50–120% of the 48 V programming reference, with printed output endpoints 24 and 57.6 V. The PV relationship is marked non-linear: the chart marks 1 V control at 50% and 4.7 V control at 120%. Use the complete curve rather than one assumed linear conversion; the factory 55 V setting and the programming reference are different entries where applicable. The current envelope is 70% in the low-voltage region below 43.2 V, then 100% from 43.2 to 48 V, falling to 83.3% at 57.6 V. Follow the plotted transition and power ceiling. PV operation may slightly increase ripple beyond the specification. Constant-current programming PC selection and range DIP-SW1 position 2 OFF uses the default overload-protection setting; ON enables PC. Apply 0–5 V DC to CN53 PC+ (pins 5/6), referenced to −V(Signal) (pins 1/2). The allowed current setting is 20–100%, with 100% defined as 150 A. The PC diagram is non-linear and marks 1 V control at 20% and 4.7 V at 100%; do not extend the allowed operating range to the graph beyond 100%. At output power below 4 kW in PC mode, burst operation can make output unstable; increasing load can reduce the effect. Automatic thermal derating applies in PC mode and under communication control. T1 is the typical maximum full-load ambient temperature and T2 is T1 + 5°C; the graph reduces load from 100% at T1 to 50% at T2. Use this curve together with the applicable cooling limits. Parallel operation Built-in active current sharing supports up to four units. Use short, large-diameter output wiring. The unit with the highest output voltage becomes master and defines the DC bus voltage. Maximum total current = rated current per unit × number of units × 0.95; also respect each unit’s voltage-dependent current and power limits. Below 5% of total rated current, current sharing may be unbalanced. Parallel-operation ripple can exceed the specification at light load and returns to the normal level above 5% load. Connect the CN53 −V(Signal), DB and DA circuits exactly as Figure 6.1 shows; DB is pins 7/8 and DA is pins 9/10. Twist long signal leads in pairs to reduce noise. The general mode diagram shows DIP-SW1 position 1 OFF for non-parallel operation and ON for parallel operation. For the actual sharing chain, use the dedicated connection table: one unit has CN53 unconnected and SW1-1 ON; two connected units use ON/ON; three use ON/OFF/ON; four use ON/OFF/OFF/ON. Do not replace the chain-specific settings with a blanket switch setting. Control connector CN53 CN53 is HRS DF11-10DP-2DS or equivalent. Pins 1/2 are −V(Signal), the local-sense and function reference; they must not connect directly to the load. Pins 3/4 are PV+, pins 5/6 PC+, pins 7/8 DB and pins 9/10 DA. These signals are non-isolated and referenced to −V(Signal). Mating housing: HRS DF11-10DS or equivalent; terminal: HRS DF11-**SC or equivalent. The printed **SC entry is a terminal-family designation, not a verified complete ordering suffix. Select the exact compatible terminal for the application. Isolated control connector CN86 CN86 is HRS DF11-18DP-2DS or equivalent, with HRS DF11-18DS mating housing and HRS DF11-**SC terminals or equivalents. No specific terminal suffix or included harness quantity is stated. CN86 signals are isolated from the main output and referenced to GND-AUX. Pin 1 Remote ON/OFF connects by dry contact to pin 2 +5V-AUX: closed/shorted, 4.5–5.5 V, turns output ON; open, 0–0.5 V, turns it OFF. Maximum Remote input is 5.5 V. Pin 2 provides 4.5–5.5 V referenced to GND-AUX solely for Remote ON/OFF and remains available when Remote disables output. Pin 3 T-ALARM: high 3.5–5.5 V when the internal temperature exceeds the alarm limit; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when normal. Pin 5 Fan Fail: high for fan failure, low for normal fan operation; this signal does not imply that an L model contains a built-in fan. Pin 7 DC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when output is at or below the 80% ±6% threshold; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when output is at or above that threshold. Minimize unnecessary voltage difference between the power supply and load to avoid false DC-OK triggering. Pin 9 AC-OK: high 3.5–5.5 V when AC input is at least 335 VAC ±1.5% and the unit operates normally; low −0.5 to +0.5 V when AC input is at most 320 VAC ±1.5% and the unit shuts down. T-ALARM, Fan Fail, DC-OK and AC-OK are outputs with maximum sourcing current 10 mA each; AC-OK polarity differs from the other three. Pins 11/12 and 13/14 carry CANL and CANH, respectively, for this CANBus configuration. Pins 4/6/8/10 and 17/18 are GND-AUX. Pins 15/16 provide +12V-AUX, 11.4–12.6 V, up to 1 A, referenced to pins 17/18; typical listed tolerance is ±5% and specified ripple is 150 mVp-p. This auxiliary output is not switched by Remote ON/OFF. Communication addressing and indicators Standard CANBus communication. DIP-SW81 positions 1/2/3 are address bits A0/A1/A2, supporting up to eight interface addresses. Position 4 (RL) connects the 120 Ω termination resistor when ON and disconnects it when OFF; this termination is specified for CANBus and MODBus. Green LED1 illuminates when output voltage is OK. Red LED2 illuminates when protection operates. DIP-SW1 positions 1/2/3 serve DA/DB parallel control, PC and PV respectively. Dimensions and installation Dimensions and unit reference mass 460 × 216 × 83.5 mm (L × W × H), Case No. 295. Catalogue PACKING reference: 10.15 kg per unit (10150 g); this is not a measured net-weight claim. Mounting drawing Four Ø7.5 mounting openings and two Ø15 access openings are shown. Use the complete L-type drawing for hole locations and the marked Tcase measurement point; do not apply the blank-type M4 hole pattern to this chassis. The mechanical drawing places the 18 mm maximum projection at the AC-input terminal end. Observe +V and −V output polarity and the exact busbar geometry in the full drawing; terminal dimensions are not interchangeable with mounting-hole locations. Temporarily remove Screw A only for the specified withstand-voltage and insulation-resistance tests, and reinstall it after testing. Optional cold plate and cooling installation Compatible cold plate PGG1WHS-684 is the optional cold plate shown for the L model. Contact MEAN WELL for ordering details; it is not stated to be included with the power supply. Published water-cooling conditions Ambient 50°C; inlet coolant 5–15°C; flow entry 4–10 L/min (labelled minimum); 20–90% RH non-condensing; pressure-drop entry 6 psi minimum; inlet pressure 80 psi maximum. Apply thermal grease between the power supply and cold plate: thermal conductivity at least 1 W/(m·K), thickness no more than 0.3 mm. The installation figure shows four M6 screws plus two M6 combination screws with L >7 mm; use the full plate drawing for the M6×16 callout and exact mounting geometry rather than treating it as a universal chassis penetration depth. The cold-plate drawing shows a 505 × 165.5 mm plate outline and a 478 mm hole coordinate measured from the left edge. Pipe fittings protrude beyond the plate; water inlet and outlet are identified. No separate codes or included quantities are stated for coolant plumbing, pump or external fans. Use the condensation-safe operating chart for the actual ambient temperature, room humidity and coolant temperature (curves 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 38, 40 and 45°C). Remain within its safe operating area and the water-cooling and case-temperature limits; the general ambient rating alone does not establish condensation-free operation. Safety, EMC and reliability Safety and isolation UL62368-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1, TUV BS EN/EN62368-1 and EAC TP TC 004 are listed. Withstand: input–output 3.75 kVAC, input–FG 2 kVAC, output–FG 1.25 kVAC. Insulation and MTBF Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ at 500 VDC, 25°C and 70% RH for input–output, input–FG and output–FG. MTBF: 281.2k hours minimum Telcordia SR-332; 28k hours minimum MIL-HDBK-217F at 25°C. Conducted and radiated emissions: BS EN/EN55032 (CISPR32) and EN55011 (CISPR11), Class A. Harmonic current: BS EN/EN61000-3-2; flicker: BS EN/EN61000-3-3. Immunity references: EN55024, EN61204-3 and EN61000-6-2. Immunity test levels: EN61000-4-2 ESD level 3, 8 kV air, and level 2, 4 kV contact; -4-3 radiated level 3; -4-4 EFT/burst level 3; -4-5 surge level 4, 4 kV line–earth, and level 3, 2 kV line–line; -4-6 conducted level 3; -4-8 magnetic field level 4. EN61000-4-11: >95% dip for 0.5 periods, 30% dip for 25 periods, and >95% interruption for 250 periods. This power supply is a component for installation in final equipment. EMC tests used a 600 × 900 × 1 mm metal plate; the final equipment must be checked again for EMC compliance. Measurement and application notes Unless otherwise stated, specifications are measured at 400 VAC input, rated load and 25°C ambient. The efficiency entry uses 480 VAC. The 380 V efficiency-versus-load graph is specifically for that model and the labelled 400/480 VAC and 334/380 VDC output conditions, not a guaranteed efficiency for every setting. At light load, output ripple can exceed the specification; increasing load reduces the effect. Apply all output-current, maximum-power, cooling, input and programming limits together.

    $9,498.34


You have seen 24 out of 45 products

Footer image

© 2026 MEAN WELL, ,

  • US (USD $) US (USD $)
  • Ach Direct Debit
  • AliPay
  • Amazon
  • American Express
  • Apple Pay
  • Diners Club
  • Discover
  • Google Pay
  • Mastercard
  • PayPal
  • Shop Pay
  • USDC
  • Visa